<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mike+snyder</id>
	<title>NewHaven Software Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mike+snyder"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php/Special:Contributions/Mike_snyder"/>
	<updated>2026-04-04T03:22:46Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=Uploading_CMS_customers_to_eCMS&amp;diff=1164</id>
		<title>Uploading CMS customers to eCMS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=Uploading_CMS_customers_to_eCMS&amp;diff=1164"/>
		<updated>2011-03-12T00:46:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: Created page with &amp;#039;==Overview== Currently customers are not automatically uploaded to your eCMS store the way that orders are downloaded.  This article describes how to import CMS customers into yo…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently customers are not automatically uploaded to your eCMS store the way that orders are downloaded.  This article describes how to import CMS customers into your eCMS store for use with email blasts or other offers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting up the mail list export in CMS ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Customers-&amp;gt;Mail List-&amp;gt;Export from Mail List.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next to the Layout To Use drop-down box, click Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
## Give the layout a name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Immediately below, change the Record Separator to CR/LF.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the Field Separator to a | character (the pipe: Shift-\).&lt;br /&gt;
## Click the Add Field button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click the Field button just below, and select the First Name field.&lt;br /&gt;
## Repeat the 2 steps immediately above for the Last Name and Email Address fields.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click Save, then Close.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your new layout from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose a destination file named with a .txt extension.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next to the Use Filter drop-down box, click the triple-dot button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Give the filter a name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the criteria you&#039;d like to use in this filter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click Save, then Close.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Running the mail list export ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your new layout and filter from the drop-down menus.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Run Export.&lt;br /&gt;
# A popup will tell you how many records were exported, and the file location as a reminder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Importing the mail list file to eCMS ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your [https://ecms.commercev3.com/ eCMS admin] and click through to your store.&lt;br /&gt;
# Expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marketing&#039;&#039;&#039; menu and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Campaigns&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Near the top of the page and second from the left, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Email List Management&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# The relevant section on this page is the second section from the bottom, &#039;&#039;&#039;Import New Email Addresses&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Browse for the file you just saved in the steps above.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Change &#039;&#039;&#039;Delimiter Type&#039;&#039;&#039; to Pipe.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Change the &#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Type&#039;&#039;&#039; drop-down to the customer group you want to import the new list to.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter your email address for notification that the import is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
#* The first checkbox (&#039;&#039;&#039;Update first name and last name for current customers &#039;&#039;&#039;) will update name information if the system finds a match on the email address between the import file and your store&#039;s current customer list - check it if you want to update the name, otherwise duplicates will be discarded.  The second checkbox (&#039;&#039;&#039;This is a complete list for the selected customer type (all others will be removed)&#039;&#039;&#039;) will remove all customers currently in the specified group, then import the list.&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;If you are importing a brand-new list of customers into a brand-new customer group, leave both boxes unchecked.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import List&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Customer_List_Export&amp;diff=1154</id>
		<title>ECMS Customer List Export</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Customer_List_Export&amp;diff=1154"/>
		<updated>2011-03-10T00:53:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: Created page with &amp;#039;==About== This article shows how to export the members of an eCMS customer group for use with an external mail service.  ==Running the Marketing List Export== # Log into your [ht…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
This article shows how to export the members of an eCMS customer group for use with an external mail service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Running the Marketing List Export==&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your [https://ecms.commercev3.com/ eCMS admin] and click through to your store.&lt;br /&gt;
# Expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marketing&#039;&#039;&#039; menu and click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Email Campaigns&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Near the top of the page and second from the left, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Email List Management&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# The relevant section on this page is the second section down, &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Marketing List&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter a date range if you want to filter the list by date, or leave both start and end date blank to export all customers in the selected group(s).&lt;br /&gt;
#* In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Type&#039;&#039;&#039; box, select the customer group whose members you want to include in the export.  Hold down the &#039;&#039;&#039;[CTRL]&#039;&#039;&#039; key and click multiple groups to select more than one to include in the export.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Change the &#039;&#039;&#039;Name Column&#039;&#039;&#039; drop-down to &#039;&#039;&#039;Two Columns&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Check the box to &#039;&#039;&#039;include customer address information if available&#039;&#039;&#039;.  If you want to include both opt-in and opt-out customers, check both boxes (recommended).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Export List&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Downloading the data file==&lt;br /&gt;
After completing the export configuration above, you should be sent to a page containing a download link.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Marketing List&#039;&#039;&#039; link near the bottom of the text displayed, and save the file when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If using Internet Explorer you may need to right-click on the download link and choose &#039;&#039;Save As...&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Product_Export&amp;diff=1153</id>
		<title>ECMS Product Export</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Product_Export&amp;diff=1153"/>
		<updated>2011-03-10T00:53:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Export feature exports some or all of your store&#039;s products into a CSV file (which can be easily opened and edited in Excel).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Running the Product Export==&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your [https://ecms.commercev3.com/ eCMS admin] and click through to your store.&lt;br /&gt;
# Expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Inventory&#039;&#039;&#039; menu on the left-hand side, and click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Export&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Check the boxes to include images, electronic delivery links, or category filters if any of these are needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Delimiter type should remain &#039;&#039;&#039;Comma&#039;&#039;&#039; for ease of use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Products&#039;&#039;&#039;, choose one of the available options:&lt;br /&gt;
#* All products (includes both active and inactive/hidden products).  &#039;&#039;&#039;This is the most commonly used option.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* Active products only.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Inactive products only.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products with current inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products currently out of stock (0 inventory or less).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Selected products only (move the products you wish to export from the right box to the left).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an email address at the bottom of the page where you can be notified when the export is ready to download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Downloading the export file==&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving your email notification that the export is complete:&lt;br /&gt;
# Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Inventory-&amp;gt;Product Export&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link near the top of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Export File 1&#039;&#039;&#039; link under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Product Export Files&#039;&#039;&#039; section, then save the file when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#* As the page specifies, you may need to right-click on the link and choose &#039;&#039;Save As...&#039;&#039; if using Internet Explorer as your web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
# If your store has a very large number of products, they will be split into multiple files (&#039;&#039;&#039;Export File 2&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Export File 3&#039;&#039;&#039;, etc.).  Repeat the steps above for each file that shows under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Product Export Files&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Product_Export&amp;diff=1152</id>
		<title>ECMS Product Export</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Product_Export&amp;diff=1152"/>
		<updated>2011-03-10T00:29:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: Created page with &amp;#039;==About== The Product Export feature exports some or all of your store&amp;#039;s products into a CSV file (which can be easily opened and edited in Excel).  ==Running the Product Export=…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Export feature exports some or all of your store&#039;s products into a CSV file (which can be easily opened and edited in Excel).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Running the Product Export==&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your [https://ecms.commercev3.com/ eCMS admin] and click through to your store.&lt;br /&gt;
# Expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Inventory&#039;&#039;&#039; menu on the left-hand side, and click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Export&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Check the boxes to include images, electronic delivery links, or category filters if any of these are needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Delimiter type should remain &#039;&#039;&#039;Comma&#039;&#039;&#039; for ease of use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Products&#039;&#039;&#039;, choose one of the available options:&lt;br /&gt;
#* All products (includes both active and inactive/hidden products).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Active products only.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Inactive products only.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products with current inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products currently out of stock (0 inventory or less).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Selected products only (move the products you wish to export from the right box to the left).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter an email address at the bottom of the page where you can be notified when the export is ready to download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Downloading the export file==&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving your email notification that the export is complete:&lt;br /&gt;
# Under &#039;&#039;&#039;Inventory-&amp;gt;Product Export&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link near the top of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Export File 1&#039;&#039;&#039; link under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Product Export Files&#039;&#039;&#039; section, then save the file when prompted.&lt;br /&gt;
#* As the page specifies, you may need to right-click on the link and choose &#039;&#039;Save As...&#039;&#039; if using Internet Explorer as your web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
# If your store has a very large number of products, they will be split into multiple files (&#039;&#039;&#039;Export File 2&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Export File 3&#039;&#039;&#039;, etc.).  Repeat the steps above for each file that shows under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Product Export Files&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Help&amp;diff=1151</id>
		<title>ECMS Help</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Help&amp;diff=1151"/>
		<updated>2011-03-10T00:00:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Commonly Asked eCMS Questions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- ==[[ECMS Getting Started]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ECMS Getting Started]] will walk you through the initial setup of CMS and eCMS including how to setup products to be uploaded to your site, how to login, and how to download orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==[[ECMS Control Panel]] (Dashboard)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ECMS Control Panel]] will explain the many different options in your eCMS interface/control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commonly Asked eCMS Questions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS URL Parameters]] - Setting promo codes, price categories, customer groups, etc via URL stream&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Setup eCMS store in CMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Accounts]] - How to create multiple eCMS user accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Members]] - What is the members section?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Promo Codes]] - Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Gift Sets]] - How to setup Gift Sets in eCMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Shipping Groups]] - How to use shipping groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Product Export]] - How to export your eCMS products into a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Customer List Export]] - How to export the contents of an eCMS customer group to a text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Content Only Product]] - What is a content only product?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS File &amp;amp; Image Libraries#Allowed file types]] - What file types are allowed in the Image and File Libraries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Site Search]] - How site search works and ways to improve your results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Custom Category/Product Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Webmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Adding Products]] - How to add products to eCMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Shipping Tables]] - How do I set up shipping tables in eCMS?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS cats to products]] - How can I quickly and easily add categories to my eCMS products after uploading them from CMS?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS tax tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Google Analytics for eCommerce]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS URL Redirects]] - How do I set up redirects from old site links to new locations?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Export Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ECMS Product Types]] - Differences between the various product types in eCMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Templates]] - Useful information on the eCMS templating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Add an Affiliate]] - How to setup a new affiliate program.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=Download_eCMS_customers_into_CMS&amp;diff=1076</id>
		<title>Download eCMS customers into CMS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=Download_eCMS_customers_into_CMS&amp;diff=1076"/>
		<updated>2010-10-27T18:37:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: Created page with &amp;#039;The steps below outline how to export a list of one or more customer groups from your eCMS store into a text file (which can then be imported into CMS as new or updated customers…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The steps below outline how to export a list of one or more customer groups from your eCMS store into a text file (which can then be imported into CMS as new or updated customers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating the eCMS customer export==&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your [https://ecms.commercev3.com/ShowView/login eCMS Admin].&lt;br /&gt;
# Open &#039;&#039;&#039;Marketing-&amp;gt;Email Campaigns&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Email List Management&#039;&#039;&#039; link near the top of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Exporting Marketing List&#039;&#039;&#039; section in the middle of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Enter a date range when the customers were added to the group(s), if applicable, or leave these boxes blank to collect all customer records from the groups.&lt;br /&gt;
#* In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Customer Type&#039;&#039;&#039; box, select the group you want to export.  &#039;&#039;&#039;[Shift]-click&#039;&#039;&#039; to select more than one customer group - if a customer is in multiple groups, they will still only appear once in the export file.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Change the &#039;&#039;&#039;Name Column&#039;&#039;&#039; drop-down to &#039;&#039;&#039;Two Columns&#039;&#039;&#039; to match CMS&#039;s data format.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Include customer address and information&#039;&#039;&#039; box.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Export List&#039;&#039;&#039; just below the checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
# The next page begins with &#039;&#039;You have created a list with the following attributes:&#039;&#039;, and shows your selected parameters and number of names in the list immediately below.&lt;br /&gt;
# To download this file, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Marketing List&#039;&#039;&#039; link (second from the bottom).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing the export file to match CMS==&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the marketing list CSV file in Excel by double-clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Delete these columns entirely (by right-clicking on the column letter and selecting Delete):&lt;br /&gt;
#* id&lt;br /&gt;
#* date&lt;br /&gt;
#* member&lt;br /&gt;
#* opt_out&lt;br /&gt;
# Delete the first row containing the column names (by right-clicking on the row number and selecting Delete).&lt;br /&gt;
# Save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Importing the export file into CMS==&lt;br /&gt;
# Inside CMS, click on Customers-&amp;gt;Mail List-&amp;gt;Import Into Mail List.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file just downloaded in the top box.  The file will be of type CSV (comma-separated values).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Define New Format&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
#* At the top of the form, give the list a name (eCMS Customer Import for example).&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; to confirm that commas are used to separate one field from the next.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; again to confirm that the file uses Carriage Returns to separate one record (customer) from the next.&lt;br /&gt;
#* When Field # is set to 1; CMS should change the drop-down below to &#039;&#039;&#039;Name, First&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click the up arrow to change Field # to 2; and select &#039;&#039;&#039;Name, Last&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down if that isn&#039;t already selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click the up arrow to change Field # to 3; CMS should change the drop-down below to &#039;&#039;&#039;E-Mail Address&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click the up arrow to change Field # to 4, and select &#039;&#039;&#039;Company Name&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click the up arrow to change Field # to 5, and select &#039;&#039;&#039;Title/Position&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click the up arrow to change Field # to 6, and select &#039;&#039;&#039;Address 3&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down if that isn&#039;t already selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click the up arrow to change Field # to 7, and select &#039;&#039;&#039;Address 2&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down if that isn&#039;t already selected.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click the up arrow to change Field # to 8, and select &#039;&#039;&#039;City&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click on the up arrow to change Field # to 9; CMS should change the drop-down below to &#039;&#039;&#039;State&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click on the up arrow to change Field # to 10; CMS should change the drop-down below to &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click on the up arrow to change Field # to 11, and select &#039;&#039;&#039;Country&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click on the up arrow to change Field # to 12; CMS should change the drop-down below to &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone, Home&#039;&#039;&#039;.  If this should represent a business, fax, or mobile number instead, change the drop-down to the correct type.&lt;br /&gt;
#* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Save&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the drop-down box, select your format from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Mail List&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# This brings up a verification screen.  Click through the customer records to check them for errors, and when you have corrected any errors, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Do Batch Import&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Accounts&amp;diff=1063</id>
		<title>ECMS Accounts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Accounts&amp;diff=1063"/>
		<updated>2010-09-08T19:00:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: Created page with &amp;#039;==About== When you first create your eCMS account and store, you have a single eCMS user account that has full access to any eCMS store under the account.  Generally this account…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==About==&lt;br /&gt;
When you first create your eCMS account and store, you have a single eCMS user account that has full access to any eCMS store under the account.  Generally this account should be reserved for making administrative changes to your stores - individuals logging into your eCMS admin to view or change specific data should have their own, individual user accounts to use in lieu of the original master login.  Some examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Developers&#039;&#039;&#039;: An internal or third-party website designer/developer who needs to modify templates, but does not normally need access to customer or order data.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Marketers&#039;&#039;&#039;: A web marketing professional needing access to the Marketing section (including email blasts) and reporting, but not the rest of the site (customers, orders, products).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;eCMS Operator&#039;&#039;&#039;: Someone who creates new eCMS categories and adds additional data to products after they have been uploaded from CMS (but does not require access to orders or reports in the admin).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating a new eCMS user account==&lt;br /&gt;
1. Log into your [https://ecms.commercev3.com/ShowView/login eCMS Admin] via a web browser, using your standard eCMS username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;-OR-&#039;&#039;&#039; click on the eCMS Administration button on the eCMS toolbar inside CMS:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ECMSAdminToolbar.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;New User&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the left navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ECMS_storelist.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill out the fields as outlined below, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Account&#039;&#039;&#039; at the bottom.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter the email address where this user should receive notifications by default.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Username:&#039;&#039;&#039; The username for the new account.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Password:&#039;&#039;&#039; The password for the new account.  This should be at least 6 characters long and contain at least one numeric character.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Password&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039;&#039; This hint will be sent to the address listed under &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039; if the user is unable to log in and clicks on the forgot password link.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;User Access:&#039;&#039;&#039; The sections of the eCMS admin this user account will be able to access.  These are all the top-level sections in the eCMS admin&#039;s left navigation menu.  A partial list of features found under each section is below.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;(Note that at least one of these boxes must be checked - a user must have access to at least one area of the admin.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes shipping tables, tax setup, and site-wide configuration options.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Design:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes all site templates and template tags.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Inventory:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes all products and categories as well as their accompanying import/export tools.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes members and customer groups (including customer group rules driving discounts and promo/ad codes).&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Orders:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes all retail site orders and catalog requests.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Wholesale:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes wholesale site orders and wholesale member management.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Marketing:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes email blasts and setup of meta tag sets.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Reporting:&#039;&#039;&#039; Includes reports of various site statistics and settings.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;IP addresses where the user can access the admin:&#039;&#039;&#039; A comma-separated list of all the IP addresses from which this user may log in.  If the box is left blank there are no restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modifying existing eCMS user accounts==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change any of the settings on an existing eCMS account, except the username.&lt;br /&gt;
# Log into your eCMS admin using your master account.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage Users&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the left nav menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Find the account you wish to change, and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; link on the far right for that username.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make your changes and click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=File:ECMS_storelist.jpg&amp;diff=1062</id>
		<title>File:ECMS storelist.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=File:ECMS_storelist.jpg&amp;diff=1062"/>
		<updated>2010-09-08T18:36:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=File:ECMSAdminToolbar.jpg&amp;diff=1061</id>
		<title>File:ECMSAdminToolbar.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=File:ECMSAdminToolbar.jpg&amp;diff=1061"/>
		<updated>2010-09-08T18:33:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Help&amp;diff=1060</id>
		<title>ECMS Help</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Help&amp;diff=1060"/>
		<updated>2010-09-08T18:17:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Commonly Asked eCMS Questions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- ==[[ECMS Getting Started]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ECMS Getting Started]] will walk you through the initial setup of CMS and eCMS including how to setup products to be uploaded to your site, how to login, and how to download orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==[[ECMS Control Panel]] (Dashboard)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ECMS Control Panel]] will explain the many different options in your eCMS interface/control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commonly Asked eCMS Questions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Setup eCMS store in CMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Accounts]] - How to create multiple eCMS user accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Members]] - What is the members section?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Promo Codes]] - Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Gift Sets]] - How to setup Gift Sets in eCMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Shipping Groups]] - How to use shipping groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Content Only Product]] - What is a content only product?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS File &amp;amp; Image Libraries#Allowed file types]] - What file types are allowed in the Image and File Libraries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Site Search]] - How site search works and ways to improve your results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Custom Category/Product Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Webmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Adding Products]] - How to add products to eCMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Shipping Tables]] - How do I set up shipping tables in eCMS?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS cats to products]] - How can I quickly and easily add categories to my eCMS products after uploading them from CMS?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS tax tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Google Analytics for eCommerce]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS URL Redirects]] - How do I set up redirects from old site links to new locations?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Export Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ECMS Product Types]] - Differences between the various product types in eCMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Templates]] - Useful information on the eCMS templating system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Help&amp;diff=1022</id>
		<title>ECMS Help</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Help&amp;diff=1022"/>
		<updated>2010-09-03T20:48:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Commonly Asked eCMS Questions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- ==[[ECMS Getting Started]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ECMS Getting Started]] will walk you through the initial setup of CMS and eCMS including how to setup products to be uploaded to your site, how to login, and how to download orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==[[ECMS Control Panel]] (Dashboard)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ECMS Control Panel]] will explain the many different options in your eCMS interface/control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Commonly Asked eCMS Questions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Setup eCMS store in CMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Members]] - What is the members section?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Promo Codes]] - Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Gift Sets]] - How to setup Gift Sets in eCMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Shipping Groups]] - How to use shipping groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Content Only Product]] - What is a content only product?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS File &amp;amp; Image Libraries#Allowed file types]] - What file types are allowed in the Image and File Libraries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Site Search]] - How site search works and ways to improve your results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Custom Category/Product Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Webmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Adding Products]] - How to add products to eCMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Shipping Tables]] - How do I set up shipping tables in eCMS?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS cats to products]] - How can I quickly and easily add categories to my eCMS products after uploading them from CMS?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS tax tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Google Analytics for eCommerce]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS URL Redirects]] - How do I set up redirects from old site links to new locations?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Export Type]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[ECMS Product Types]] - Differences between the various product types in eCMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eCMS Templates]] - Useful information on the eCMS templating system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=Exporting_customer_list_from_CMS&amp;diff=962</id>
		<title>Exporting customer list from CMS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=Exporting_customer_list_from_CMS&amp;diff=962"/>
		<updated>2010-08-25T16:07:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: Created page with &amp;#039;Category:HOWTO The steps below outline how to export a list of customer names and e-mail addresses from CMS into a simple text file.  This file is perfectly suited for import…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:HOWTO]]&lt;br /&gt;
The steps below outline how to export a list of customer names and e-mail addresses from CMS into a simple text file.  This file is perfectly suited for importing into eCMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setting up the mail list export in CMS ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Customers-&amp;gt;Mail List-&amp;gt;Export from Mail List.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next to the Layout To Use drop-down box, click Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
## Give the layout a name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Immediately below, change the Record Separator to CR/LF.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the Field Separator to a | character (the pipe: Shift-\).&lt;br /&gt;
## Click the Add Field button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click the Field button just below, and select the First Name field.&lt;br /&gt;
## Repeat the 2 steps immediately above for the Last Name and Email Address fields.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click Save, then Close.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your new layout from the drop-down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose a destination file named with a .txt extension.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next to the Use Filter drop-down box, click the triple-dot button.&lt;br /&gt;
## Give the filter a name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the criteria you&#039;d like to use in this filter.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click Save, then Close.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Running the mail list export ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Select your new layout and filter from the drop-down menus.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Run Export.&lt;br /&gt;
# A popup will tell you how many records were exported, and the file location as a reminder.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=SingleFeed_file_format&amp;diff=630</id>
		<title>SingleFeed file format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=SingleFeed_file_format&amp;diff=630"/>
		<updated>2010-03-19T22:09:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The SingleFeed file is generated as a comma-delimited file with the following fields (not all of which may be present for all products):&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;SingleFeed data fields pulled from eCMS product data&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-bgcolor=#A9BCD2&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;SingleFeed file field&#039;&#039;&#039;  || &#039;&#039;&#039;eCMS product data&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unique Internal Code || ProdID&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Name || Name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Description || Full Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Price || Retail Price&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sale Price || Special Price&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product URL || (base site) + /product/[prodID]/[category]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Image URL || Product image link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Category || Full category path *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Manufacturer || Manufacturer *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Shipping Weight || Shipping weight&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keywords || Keywords or meta keywords *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stock Status || &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;N&amp;quot; for In or Out of Stock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Shipping Cost ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|UPC (Universal Product Code) || Custom field as configured in admin settings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|MPN (Manufacturer Part Number) || Custom field as configured in admin settings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ISBN (If Book) || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Department || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Color || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Size || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any fields marked with an (&#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039;) are pulled from a location defined in the admin when you set up your SingleFeed extract.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=SingleFeed_file_format&amp;diff=629</id>
		<title>SingleFeed file format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=SingleFeed_file_format&amp;diff=629"/>
		<updated>2010-03-19T22:09:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The SingleFeed file is generated as a comma-delimited file with the following fields (not all of which may be present for all products):&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;&#039;SingleFeed data fields pulled from eCMS product data&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-bgcolor=#A9BCD2&lt;br /&gt;
| SingleFeed file field  || eCMS product data&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unique Internal Code || ProdID&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Name || Name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Description || Full Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Price || Retail Price&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sale Price || Special Price&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product URL || (base site) + /product/[prodID]/[category]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Image URL || Product image link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Category || Full category path *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Manufacturer || Manufacturer *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Shipping Weight || Shipping weight&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keywords || Keywords or meta keywords *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stock Status || &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;N&amp;quot; for In or Out of Stock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Shipping Cost ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|UPC (Universal Product Code) || Custom field as configured in admin settings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|MPN (Manufacturer Part Number) || Custom field as configured in admin settings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ISBN (If Book) || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Department || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Color || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Size || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any fields marked with an (&#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039;) are pulled from a location defined in the admin when you set up your SingleFeed extract.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=SingleFeed_file_format&amp;diff=628</id>
		<title>SingleFeed file format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=SingleFeed_file_format&amp;diff=628"/>
		<updated>2010-03-19T22:08:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: Created page with &amp;#039;The SingleFeed file is generated as a comma-delimited file with the following fields (not all of which may be present for all products): {|border=1 |+SingleFeed data fields pulle…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The SingleFeed file is generated as a comma-delimited file with the following fields (not all of which may be present for all products):&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|+SingleFeed data fields pulled from eCMS product data&lt;br /&gt;
|-bgcolor=#A9BCD2&lt;br /&gt;
| SingleFeed file field  || eCMS product data&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Unique Internal Code || ProdID&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Name || Name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Description || Full Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product Price || Retail Price&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sale Price || Special Price&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Product URL || (base site) + /product/[prodID]/[category]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Image URL || Product image link&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Category || Full category path *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Manufacturer || Manufacturer *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Shipping Weight || Shipping weight&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keywords || Keywords or meta keywords *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stock Status || &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;N&amp;quot; for In or Out of Stock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Shipping Cost ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|UPC (Universal Product Code) || Custom field as configured in admin settings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|MPN (Manufacturer Part Number) || Custom field as configured in admin settings&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ISBN (If Book) || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Department || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Color || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Size || Custom field *&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any fields marked with an (&#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039;) are pulled from a location defined in the admin when you set up your SingleFeed extract.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=627</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=627"/>
		<updated>2010-03-19T21:42:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* SingleFeed */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category: How you want your products categorized by SingleFeed.  Usually the category or top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
** Manufacturer: You may have this data from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords: Keywords you want associated with this product in SingleFeed&#039;s data.&lt;br /&gt;
** UPC, Model/Part Number, ISBN, Department, Color, and Size: All these can be uploaded if they are contained in one of your custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose from all active products, or select a limited list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be provided with a link to your file in [[SingleFeed_file_format|this format]].  Please allow 12-24 hours for the initial file to be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suggested Search===&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to view and modify terms for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Suggested Search&#039;&#039;&#039; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You may need a template upgrade in order to use this feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable this feature Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Display Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Search Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; and select &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to enable the suggested search feature?&#039;&#039;&#039; For more info on enabling this feature please see [[ECMS Suggested Search]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Create custom search options to allow your customers to find the products quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
Allow customers to narrow down the list of products in a category by selecting options from drop-down boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the filter options here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the keyword for each option via:&lt;br /&gt;
** Individual product editing page.  &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** eCMS Product Import.&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be done to create a custom grouping of semi-related products where a single sub-category is not a good fit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
View pending product reviews that have not yet been approved for display on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are configured to auto-approve product reviews (under &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings-&amp;gt;Options-&amp;gt;Product Review Options&#039;&#039;&#039;), reviews will never show up under this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.  [[eCMS_Product_Import|This page]] covers the product import in much greater detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import===&lt;br /&gt;
Import a text file containing refined search information.  See the [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/Refined_Search_Import full Refined Search Import documentation] for more information on formatting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=579</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=579"/>
		<updated>2010-02-19T18:09:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Product Import */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category: How you want your products categorized by SingleFeed.  Usually the category or top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
** Manufacturer: You may have this data from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords: Keywords you want associated with this product in SingleFeed&#039;s data.&lt;br /&gt;
** UPC, Model/Part Number, ISBN, Department, Color, and Size: All these can be uploaded if they are contained in one of your custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose from all active products, or select a limited list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Create custom search options to allow your customers to find the products quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
Allow customers to narrow down the list of products in a category by selecting options from drop-down boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the filter options here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the keyword for each option via:&lt;br /&gt;
** Individual product editing page.  &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** eCMS Product Import.&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be done to create a custom grouping of semi-related products where a single sub-category is not a good fit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
View pending product reviews that have not yet been approved for display on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are configured to auto-approve product reviews (under &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings-&amp;gt;Options-&amp;gt;Product Review Options&#039;&#039;&#039;), reviews will never show up under this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.  [[eCMS_Product_Import|This page]] covers the product import in much greater detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import===&lt;br /&gt;
Import a text file containing refined search information.  See the [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/Refined_Search_Import full Refined Search Import documentation] for more information on formatting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Options&amp;diff=578</id>
		<title>ECMS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Options&amp;diff=578"/>
		<updated>2010-02-19T01:00:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* General Store Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains most of the selectable site configuration options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Admin Options==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to replace multi-select boxes for products and categories with a search?&#039;&#039;&#039;  If selected, this will change your eCMS admin area so that all product and category selection boxes are replaced with a search function instead.  This might be useful if you have a huge number of products (too many to scroll through conveniently) and you would frequently be searching on the product name or SKU instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to append this store&#039;s name to the exports it generates (Google Base, orders, catalog requests, products, backups)?&#039;&#039;&#039;  You may find this useful if you have multiple eCMS stores; otherwise, each exported file will have a generic name by default (product_export1.csv for example).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;What should the batch size be for downloading orders?&#039;&#039;&#039;  You can leave this set as-is.  This limit on the number of downloaded orders per batch does not apply to CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cart Abandonment Options==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to send follow-up emails to users who have started but not finished the checkout process?&#039;&#039;&#039;  Enabling this option will email customers who abandon a checkout process after entering their email address but before actually submitting the order.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How many days would you like to wait before sending the email?&#039;&#039;&#039;  The email will be sent out after at least this number of full days have passed, at 10am Eastern Time on the first available day.  If the order was abandoned at 12 noon Eastern on Monday, and you are set to wait 2 days to send the email, the email will go out at 10am Eastern on Thursday (since waiting 2 full days would run past Wednesday&#039;s morning email).&lt;br /&gt;
** The length of time here should be less than the time listed for session length under [[ECMS_Options#General_Store_Options_and_Information General Store Options and Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Display Options==&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Options===&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers product and category display options.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way products are displayed in categories:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Choose whether you want category pages to display full product information or just links to the products (which would give a cleaner product page but force the customer through an extra click).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way products are sorted in categories:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Products can be sorted in any of the manners specified here, or you can specify a custom sort order under Products By Cat.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way sub products are sorted:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Use any option or specify your own Display Sequence under the parent product&#039;s View Sub-Products link.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way product attributes are sorted:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Use any option or specify your own Display Sequence under the parent product&#039;s View Attributes link.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like the sub-category products to be available on the parent category page?&#039;&#039;&#039;  Turning this on will, for a given category page, show ALL products within all sub-categories (rather than requiring the user to drill down the subcategory tree to find their specific product).  Per the warning message, this can and will slow down the display of this page, especially for very large categories.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like all the category&#039;s products to be available on the product page?&#039;&#039;&#039;  This may also slow down site rendering for large categories.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to use interactive pricing? (dynamically show the correct price based on the quantity selected)&#039;&#039;&#039;  This uses Javascript to change the price on various pages depending on the quantity selected (as soon as the user changes the number of products, the price automatically updates to reflect the full price).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to use dynamic meta data for products and categories?&#039;&#039;&#039;  Select this option if you&#039;d like to substitute individual meta data for specific products and categories, rather than the default.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way recently viewed products are sorted&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to use a &amp;quot;~&amp;quot; to separate the product and category in the product page URL instead of the folder structure?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How many days would you like to display newly created products in the &amp;quot;What&#039;s New&amp;quot; category (to view go to www.yourdomain.com/category/n)?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;What&#039;s New&amp;quot; is a special category that displays newly-added products.&lt;br /&gt;
===Checkout Options===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the type of checkout:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Quick Checkout allows only a single recipient and has shipping and billing information on a single page.&lt;br /&gt;
** Advanced Checkout allows multiple recipients, but adds a couple of extra steps to the checkout process.&lt;br /&gt;
** Trial Checkout&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;For advanced checkout, where would you like to map products to recipients?:&#039;&#039;&#039; This controls whether individual recipients&#039; products are assembled together one-at-a-time as they are added to the shopping cart, or all at once during checkout.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;For advanced checkout, would you like the Checkout Summary (checkout_display.tpl) to be displayed?:&#039;&#039;&#039; This intermediate page comes between the shipping and billing information pages.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way sub-products are added to the cart:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sub-products can either have their own individual Add-to-Cart buttons, or they can have a single Add-to-Cart button for the entire parent product with individual quantity boxes for each sub-product.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way additional products are added to the cart:&#039;&#039;&#039; This works identically to the sub-product option.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose which field you would like to use to describe products in the checkout:&#039;&#039;&#039; Your store&#039;s internal product name may be an abbreviated description best used on an invoice or packing slip.  The description header can substitute a more user-friendly text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Store Options===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the type of currency:&#039;&#039;&#039; Currently-available options include dollars, pounds, or euro.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose &amp;quot;Page Not Found&amp;quot; template:&#039;&#039;&#039; This template is where customers will land when they try to access a page that does not exist on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the type of site map display:&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls the look of your sitemap.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to display invisible categories on the site map?&#039;&#039;&#039; Invisible categories are often hidden from customer view because they may be undergoing testing and are not ready for purchase yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like a customer&#039;s customer groups to be available to the templates?&#039;&#039;&#039;  See customer groups for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;What page(s) would you like the featured products to be available?&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls where products tagged as &#039;featured&#039; show up.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;What page(s) would you like the new products to be available?&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls where products tagged as &#039;new&#039; show up.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;What page(s) would you like the product specials to be available?&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls where products tagged as &#039;special&#039; show up.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;What page(s) would you like the featured categories to be available?&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls where products tagged as &#039;featured&#039; show up.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to include product reviews for featured products, new products, and product specials?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose and order products to display for best sellers:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select which products display as &amp;quot;Best Sellers&amp;quot;, and in what order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Email Blast Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Store Options and Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gift Certificate Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gift Wrap Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google Checkout Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory Control Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Member Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notify Customer Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Management Software==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Payment Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Review Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shipping Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tax Options==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Options&amp;diff=577</id>
		<title>ECMS Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Options&amp;diff=577"/>
		<updated>2010-02-19T00:41:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Checkout Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains most of the selectable site configuration options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Admin Options==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to replace multi-select boxes for products and categories with a search?&#039;&#039;&#039;  If selected, this will change your eCMS admin area so that all product and category selection boxes are replaced with a search function instead.  This might be useful if you have a huge number of products (too many to scroll through conveniently) and you would frequently be searching on the product name or SKU instead.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to append this store&#039;s name to the exports it generates (Google Base, orders, catalog requests, products, backups)?&#039;&#039;&#039;  You may find this useful if you have multiple eCMS stores; otherwise, each exported file will have a generic name by default (product_export1.csv for example).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;What should the batch size be for downloading orders?&#039;&#039;&#039;  You can leave this set as-is.  This limit on the number of downloaded orders per batch does not apply to CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cart Abandonment Options==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to send follow-up emails to users who have started but not finished the checkout process?&#039;&#039;&#039;  Enabling this option will email customers who abandon a checkout process after entering their email address but before actually submitting the order.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How many days would you like to wait before sending the email?&#039;&#039;&#039;  The email will be sent out after at least this number of full days have passed, at 10am Eastern Time on the first available day.  If the order was abandoned at 12 noon Eastern on Monday, and you are set to wait 2 days to send the email, the email will go out at 10am Eastern on Thursday (since waiting 2 full days would run past Wednesday&#039;s morning email).&lt;br /&gt;
** The length of time here should be less than the time listed for session length under [[ECMS_Options#General_Store_Options_and_Information General Store Options and Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Display Options==&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Options===&lt;br /&gt;
This section covers product and category display options.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way products are displayed in categories:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Choose whether you want category pages to display full product information or just links to the products (which would give a cleaner product page but force the customer through an extra click).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way products are sorted in categories:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Products can be sorted in any of the manners specified here, or you can specify a custom sort order under Products By Cat.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way sub products are sorted:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Use any option or specify your own Display Sequence under the parent product&#039;s View Sub-Products link.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way product attributes are sorted:&#039;&#039;&#039;  Use any option or specify your own Display Sequence under the parent product&#039;s View Attributes link.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like the sub-category products to be available on the parent category page?&#039;&#039;&#039;  Turning this on will, for a given category page, show ALL products within all sub-categories (rather than requiring the user to drill down the subcategory tree to find their specific product).  Per the warning message, this can and will slow down the display of this page, especially for very large categories.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like all the category&#039;s products to be available on the product page?&#039;&#039;&#039;  This may also slow down site rendering for large categories.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to use interactive pricing? (dynamically show the correct price based on the quantity selected)&#039;&#039;&#039;  This uses Javascript to change the price on various pages depending on the quantity selected (as soon as the user changes the number of products, the price automatically updates to reflect the full price).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to use dynamic meta data for products and categories?&#039;&#039;&#039;  Select this option if you&#039;d like to substitute individual meta data for specific products and categories, rather than the default.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way recently viewed products are sorted&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Would you like to use a &amp;quot;~&amp;quot; to separate the product and category in the product page URL instead of the folder structure?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How many days would you like to display newly created products in the &amp;quot;What&#039;s New&amp;quot; category (to view go to www.yourdomain.com/category/n)?&#039;&#039;&#039;  &amp;quot;What&#039;s New&amp;quot; is a special category that displays newly-added products.&lt;br /&gt;
===Checkout Options===&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the type of checkout:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Quick Checkout allows only a single recipient and has shipping and billing information on a single page.&lt;br /&gt;
** Advanced Checkout allows multiple recipients, but adds a couple of extra steps to the checkout process.&lt;br /&gt;
** Trial Checkout&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;For advanced checkout, where would you like to map products to recipients?:&#039;&#039;&#039; This controls whether individual recipients&#039; products are assembled together one-at-a-time as they are added to the shopping cart, or all at once during checkout.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;For advanced checkout, would you like the Checkout Summary (checkout_display.tpl) to be displayed?:&#039;&#039;&#039; This intermediate page comes between the shipping and billing information pages.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way sub-products are added to the cart:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sub-products can either have their own individual Add-to-Cart buttons, or they can have a single Add-to-Cart button for the entire parent product with individual quantity boxes for each sub-product.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose the way additional products are added to the cart:&#039;&#039;&#039; This works identically to the sub-product option.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose which field you would like to use to describe products in the checkout:&#039;&#039;&#039; Your store&#039;s internal product name may be an abbreviated description best used on an invoice or packing slip.  The description header can substitute a more user-friendly text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Store Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Email Blast Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Store Options and Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gift Certificate Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gift Wrap Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Google Checkout Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory Control Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Member Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notify Customer Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Management Software==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Payment Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Review Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shipping Options==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tax Options==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=576</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=576"/>
		<updated>2010-02-19T00:32:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Refined Search Import */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category: How you want your products categorized by SingleFeed.  Usually the category or top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
** Manufacturer: You may have this data from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords: Keywords you want associated with this product in SingleFeed&#039;s data.&lt;br /&gt;
** UPC, Model/Part Number, ISBN, Department, Color, and Size: All these can be uploaded if they are contained in one of your custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose from all active products, or select a limited list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Create custom search options to allow your customers to find the products quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
Allow customers to narrow down the list of products in a category by selecting options from drop-down boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the filter options here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the keyword for each option via:&lt;br /&gt;
** Individual product editing page.  &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** eCMS Product Import.&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be done to create a custom grouping of semi-related products where a single sub-category is not a good fit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
View pending product reviews that have not yet been approved for display on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are configured to auto-approve product reviews (under &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings-&amp;gt;Options-&amp;gt;Product Review Options&#039;&#039;&#039;), reviews will never show up under this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import===&lt;br /&gt;
Import a text file containing refined search information.  See the [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/Refined_Search_Import full Refined Search Import documentation] for more information on formatting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=575</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=575"/>
		<updated>2010-02-19T00:31:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Product Reviews */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category: How you want your products categorized by SingleFeed.  Usually the category or top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
** Manufacturer: You may have this data from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords: Keywords you want associated with this product in SingleFeed&#039;s data.&lt;br /&gt;
** UPC, Model/Part Number, ISBN, Department, Color, and Size: All these can be uploaded if they are contained in one of your custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose from all active products, or select a limited list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Create custom search options to allow your customers to find the products quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
Allow customers to narrow down the list of products in a category by selecting options from drop-down boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the filter options here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the keyword for each option via:&lt;br /&gt;
** Individual product editing page.  &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** eCMS Product Import.&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be done to create a custom grouping of semi-related products where a single sub-category is not a good fit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
View pending product reviews that have not yet been approved for display on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are configured to auto-approve product reviews (under &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings-&amp;gt;Options-&amp;gt;Product Review Options&#039;&#039;&#039;), reviews will never show up under this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=574</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=574"/>
		<updated>2010-02-19T00:28:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Category Filter */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category: How you want your products categorized by SingleFeed.  Usually the category or top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
** Manufacturer: You may have this data from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords: Keywords you want associated with this product in SingleFeed&#039;s data.&lt;br /&gt;
** UPC, Model/Part Number, ISBN, Department, Color, and Size: All these can be uploaded if they are contained in one of your custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose from all active products, or select a limited list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Create custom search options to allow your customers to find the products quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
Allow customers to narrow down the list of products in a category by selecting options from drop-down boxes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create the filter options here.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the keyword for each option via:&lt;br /&gt;
** Individual product editing page.  &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** eCMS Product Import.&lt;br /&gt;
* This can be done to create a custom grouping of semi-related products where a single sub-category is not a good fit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=573</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=573"/>
		<updated>2010-02-19T00:08:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Refined Search */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category: How you want your products categorized by SingleFeed.  Usually the category or top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
** Manufacturer: You may have this data from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords: Keywords you want associated with this product in SingleFeed&#039;s data.&lt;br /&gt;
** UPC, Model/Part Number, ISBN, Department, Color, and Size: All these can be uploaded if they are contained in one of your custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose from all active products, or select a limited list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Create custom search options to allow your customers to find the products quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=564</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=564"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T21:52:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* SingleFeed */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category: How you want your products categorized by SingleFeed.  Usually the category or top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
** Manufacturer: You may have this data from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
** Keywords: Keywords you want associated with this product in SingleFeed&#039;s data.&lt;br /&gt;
** UPC, Model/Part Number, ISBN, Department, Color, and Size: All these can be uploaded if they are contained in one of your custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose from all active products, or select a limited list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=562</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=562"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T20:13:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Wishlists */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customer wishlists by customer last name or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=561</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=561"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T20:11:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Search */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for customers who have purchased from you before (not necessarily members) by email address, first name or last name.  To change the customer groups one of the resulting customers belongs to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for that customer&#039;s record in the top section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the &#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039; box for each group you want to add the customer to in the bottom section.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
To add or remove customer groups from just one customer, it will be quicker to just click on their email address.  This brings up a popup window with Remove (for current groups) and Add (for other groups) checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=560</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=560"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T20:08:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Recipes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
Manage your Recipes and Recipe Categories to give your customers delicious ideas for your products.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add one or more recipe categories.&lt;br /&gt;
#* (These are different from product categories!)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the recipe, filling out any of these fields as applicable:&lt;br /&gt;
#* Title&lt;br /&gt;
#* Category (select one or more)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Image (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#* Ingredients&lt;br /&gt;
#* Instructions&lt;br /&gt;
#* Products from your site used in this recipe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Submit the recipe when complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although this is designed for food products and items, it could also apply to items assembled using hardware components from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=559</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=559"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T20:03:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Vendors */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
Add your products&#039;s vendors so that they will be notified via email when orders are placed for any of their products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=558</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=558"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T20:03:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Subscription Products */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
View subscription products and place subscription orders for appropriate products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=557</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=557"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T20:02:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Price Categories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Price categories allow you to set the price you want to extend to your customers associated to promotion codes or customer groups.  This section allows you to add new price categories or delete existing ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=556</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=556"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T20:01:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Inventory Control */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
Manually add and remove product inventory counts. You can also upload a comma delimited inventory list, if you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inventory Control Import File====&lt;br /&gt;
This is a comma-separated file with two columns; SKU and inventory count (no header row).  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-1&#039;,10&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-2&#039;,15&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0002-3&#039;,20&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;0003&#039;,50&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;T-SHIRT&#039;,100&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To run the inventory import:&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse for the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your email address (you will receive a notification email when the import is complete, including any errors received).&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Submit down at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=555</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=555"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:54:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Shipping */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit shipping tables specific to your wholesalers&#039; site.  These are created the same way as your site&#039;s [[ECMS_Shipping_Tables|standard shipping tables]], but apply only to wholesale customers logged into the wholesale site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=554</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=554"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:51:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Search Wholesalers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Company name&lt;br /&gt;
* Email address&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact last name&lt;br /&gt;
* State&lt;br /&gt;
* Active/inactive wholesaler status&lt;br /&gt;
* New wholesaler requests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=553</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=553"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:51:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Search Wholesalers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for wholesalers by company, email address, last name, or state. You may also display active or inactive wholesalers, as well as searching for new wholesaler requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=552</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=552"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:50:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Approve Wholesalers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=551</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=551"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:50:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Approve Wholesalers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Approve wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*# Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box on the wholesaler&#039;s record.&lt;br /&gt;
*# When you have checked off all the wholesalers you want to approve, click the Submit button at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pending wholesalers&#039;&#039;&#039; will remain on this list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=550</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=550"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:48:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Approve Wholesalers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
List of companies have requested access to the wholesale section. View their information by clicking on the company name. Check the &amp;quot;Approve&amp;quot; box beside each approved company to make it an active wholesaler and submit the form. If you do not approve a wholesaler they will remain in the list until they are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=549</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=549"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:47:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Orders */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of all unprocessed (pending download) wholesale orders, and gives the option to download/export them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=548</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=548"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:46:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Wishlist Products */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that have been added to customer wishlists, and how many lists they are a part of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=547</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=547"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:45:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Visits */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
Show graphs of site visits per day, month, and year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=546</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=546"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:42:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Tell a Friend */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
Show a list of products that customers have shared with friends using the Tell A Friend link on the product&#039;s page.  This can show you which products are popular and help you decide which products to market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=545</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=545"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:41:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Square In. Analyzer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
The square inch analyzer&#039;s primary function is to help you identify the items in your store that are under or over performing, and with that information make changes to increase your item&#039;s sales performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=544</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=544"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:40:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Search Terms */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
See what people have searched your site for using the built-in search functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=543</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=543"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:39:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Search Engine Placement */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
This feature allows you to view the Google and Yahoo! search engine placement for you and several of your competitors.  To set up this report:&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the keywords you want to check against the two search engines.&lt;br /&gt;
# (Optional) Add one or more competitors you want to check your ranking against.&lt;br /&gt;
The report runs nightly, so your updated statistics will be available each morning for review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=542</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=542"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:37:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Sales Rank */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
Use to identify the best selling items in your inventory. This tool is useful to not only see where you are making money but also to find which items need attention in order to improve their ranking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=541</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=541"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:34:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Referrers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the amount of site traffic in the specified date range, grouped according to the referring URL (could be a search engine or an affiliated page):&lt;br /&gt;
* Catalog requests&lt;br /&gt;
* Visits&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per visit&lt;br /&gt;
* Average dollar amount per order&lt;br /&gt;
* Last visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=540</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=540"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:26:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Product Aging */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows all products in order of last update, with &amp;quot;stalest&amp;quot; products starting at the top of the list.  This helps you find products that have not been updated in a long time so you can keep your product list up-to-date with your latest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=539</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=539"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:23:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Order Detail */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
View line items ordered on all site orders in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=538</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=538"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:23:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Opt-Out */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number of recipients that clicked an opt-out link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=537</id>
		<title>ECMS Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.newhavensoftware.com/index.php?title=ECMS_Control_Panel&amp;diff=537"/>
		<updated>2010-02-17T19:22:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mike snyder: /* Gift Certificates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Dashboard_mini.jpg‎|thumb|Sidebar of the eCMS Dashboard. Clicking on the plus sign next to each heading will expand the options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
The Dashboard where you can see New Feature Release, Site Maintenance, and Quick Stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Options are where the majority of the site specific functions are set. These range from shipping and tax options, to site display options.  For a detailed breakdown of the options, see the [[eCMS Options]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can setup and maintain site shipping tables. For a full explanation and example see [[ECMS Shipping Tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
Shipping Groups are used to further limit shipping options to specific groups of customers that meet the defined criteria, such as State, Country, or product purchase type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tax Tables===&lt;br /&gt;
Tax tables allow you to setup tax rates for any state or city. For more information see [[eCMS tax tables]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Sitemap===&lt;br /&gt;
Create and edit a Site Map for submission to Google&#039;s [http://www.google.com/webmasters/sitemaps/login Site Map program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Google Base===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creates an XML file that is manually uploaded to [http://base.google.com/base/help/sellongoogle.html Google Base].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a &#039;&#039;&#039;Download Files&#039;&#039;&#039; link here, you have a Google Base XML file available for download.  Click the link to get to the download page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Title&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Description&lt;br /&gt;
** Feed Expiration&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Brand&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Brand.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - product data field to use for Product Type (category or top-level category is probably best).&lt;br /&gt;
** Department&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Use special pricing?&#039;&#039;&#039; - If a product is currently on special, selecting Yes will upload this price rather than the normal retail price.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
** Include all active products &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Include selected products only.&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Notification Address&lt;br /&gt;
** You will receive an email at the address entered when the file is ready for download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ChannelAdvisor===&lt;br /&gt;
*Settings (all the settings can be left blank if you do not want to use them)&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer:&lt;br /&gt;
*** If you use this field you can set it to the field that contains the manufacturer, some people like vitamin companies, would have a manufacturer set.&lt;br /&gt;
**Manufacturer Number:&lt;br /&gt;
*** Set to the field that contains this info, usually set to sku.&lt;br /&gt;
**Brand: &lt;br /&gt;
*** Some people have their brands set as their categories, in this case you&#039;d select the category, otherwise whatever field contains this information.&lt;br /&gt;
**Use special pricing?&lt;br /&gt;
*** Yes or No - If a product is on special and &#039;No&#039; is selected above, the retail price will be included in the ChannelAdvisor Data Feed.&lt;br /&gt;
*Select Products&lt;br /&gt;
**Include all active products&lt;br /&gt;
***Include all active products - meaning all products that are not set as inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
**Include selected products only &lt;br /&gt;
***Include only the products you select below in the datafeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the feed is set, it will update once a day and can be accessed using the URL that will appear on the bottom of the page once you click the Submit button under the &amp;quot;Pick Up Data Feeds&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SingleFeed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===URI Redirects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows you to create URI redirects for your store pointing old/outdated URIs to their updated locations.  The import file contains two columns - the first with the &amp;quot;From&amp;quot; URI, the second with the &amp;quot;To&amp;quot; URI.  Click [http://docs.commercev3.com/index.php/URI_Redirects here] to read the full documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Import URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose File&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039; - the file can be comma-, tab-, or pipe-delimited.&lt;br /&gt;
** Character set (leave at the default).&lt;br /&gt;
** Notification email&lt;br /&gt;
* Export URI Redirects&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Active Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing all active redirects set up for your site via this process.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Export Expired Redirects&#039;&#039;&#039; - exports a file containing redirects set up via this process that are more than 30 days old (and are therefore expired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Delete Store===&lt;br /&gt;
This will delete your store. You will probably want to avoid clicking this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Features===&lt;br /&gt;
New Features to eCMS will be listed here, including features, templates, and services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch Checklist===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Template tags offer you an easy way to change the content of your pages, as well as the content of your communications to your customers. [[Image:Template_tags.jpg|thumb|Image of Template Tags. Clicking on any of the links will show you the available template tags.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Template Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the templates for your site are. Templates use [http://www.smarty.net/ Smarty] and [http://www.w3schools.com/HTML/ HTML] to control all of the visual elements of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Image Library===&lt;br /&gt;
This is where all of the images for your site are uploaded and stored. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/. The options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Mass Image Upload | Single Image Upload | Assign Product Images | Publish All Images | Mass Publish Images |  Backup Images &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file of images used for the site or products. There are two options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a .zip file containing product images (thumbnails, large, and pop-up).&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload Site Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload site images for things like headers, backgrounds, etc. Site images will be available at http://yoursite.com/images/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Single Image Upload&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload single site image. (Not used for product images.)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assign Product Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to assign products to images you have uploaded using the Mass Image Upload &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Upload Product Images.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; images to your live site. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple images to your live site at once. &#039;&#039;Images that are upload are only available in staging until you have publishes them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Images&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create a .zip file of all of your images for download to your local computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also assign product images for one product at a time by going to Inventory &amp;gt;&amp;gt; All Products &amp;gt;&amp;gt; (click on the product name) &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Product Display &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Images.&lt;br /&gt;
===File Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can upload files for use/download on your site here. Some examples are .js files for additional JavaScript functionality, PDF files for download, Flash Videos for streaming movies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Upload File | Publish All Files | Mass Publish Files |  Backup Files &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Upload File&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to upload a file to your site. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish All Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to publish files to your live site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mass Publish Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to selectively publish multiple files at once to your site. Published files will be available at http://yoursite.com/downloads/&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Backup Files&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to create .zip backup of all the files on your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Generic Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Generic forms are used to collect specific information from a customer when one of the standard forms, such as the catalog request or contact form, cannot be used. Add, remove, and edit your generic forms here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inventory==&lt;br /&gt;
===Edit Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can manage your categories. To edit a category just click on the category name. The two options are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Category | Delete Category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add new categories to your site.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Category&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete categories from your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Expand All &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; you can view all of your sub-categories. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Collapse All&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; will close all of the sub-categories and only display your parent categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cat_adjust_order.jpg|frame|right|Adjust product order.]]You can adjust the order the categories display on your site by changing the numeric values in the Adjust Order column. For example, in the image notice the one in the last row instead of a six. If you click submit this category will now display first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===All Products===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, remove, and edit your Products here. You can edit an existing product by clicking on it&#039;s name. The options are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search | Product ID Finder&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product ID Finder&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to display a list of products by Name, SKU, and Product ID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Products By Cat.===&lt;br /&gt;
In the product by category listing you are able to view, edit and remove products and sub-products from your store. Not only can you view your products, but you can manage the order in which your products and sub-products are displayed within their category the same way you can adjust the order of [[ECMS_Control_Panel#Edit_Categories|categories]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Add Product | Copy Product | Delete Product | Product Search&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to add additional products to your site. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Products added manually will not be present in CMS. You should usually add products in CMS and then upload them to the web.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Copy Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to copy a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Images and electronic download information will not be copied. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete Product&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to delete a product. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; This will not delete a product from CMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Product Search&#039;&#039;&#039; -- Use this option to search for a product by SKU, name, or type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Search with product name or sku or select the type of product you would like to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Filter===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Custom Product Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
Custom product forms allow you to associate additional information with your products as well as adjusting the price. When this product is picked up by CMS the information in this form will be in the notes field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Changes to Custom Product Forms are live. There is no staging for these forms. It&#039;s best to design the form completely before associating with a product.&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to have the following smarty code where you&#039;d like the form to show up. Generally in the product.tpl or the default_product.tpl files: &amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;smarty&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{include file=&amp;quot;custom_form.tpl&amp;quot;}&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add a form ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Form&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On the next page enter a name for this form in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Form Name&#039;&#039;&#039; field&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Add New Form&#039;&#039;&#039; - you will be taken to the form page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add the fields you would like to have on the product page (see below for more details on form fields). Once you finish adding the form fields you&#039;ll need to associate products with this form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Product Selection ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Selection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* On this page select the products that should be associated with this form&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Submit&#039;&#039;&#039; when finished&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form Fields====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Subheading=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Subheading Text:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brief text to describe a section&lt;br /&gt;
=====Blank Line=====&lt;br /&gt;
* Used as a spacer in the form, adds a blank line&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Field=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Size of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; How large the text field will be&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum Length of Text Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; The maximum number of characters the text field can hold&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate alphabetic characters, no numbers/symbols/spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will only validate numbers, no alphabetic/symbol/space characters&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Letters and Numbers only:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate alphanumeric characters, no spaces&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Sentence:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces and symbols. Basically if you want a combined first/last name field, or an Address1 field, those are considered &amp;quot;sentence&amp;quot; fields.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; Validates any alphanumeric text including spaces, symbols, and multiple lines.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Money:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate numeric values with a decimal place. No symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a URL, http://www.example.com to just example.com&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;E-mail Address:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone Number:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Zip Code:&#039;&#039;&#039; Will validate a zip code including zip+4&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Radio Buttons=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Radio Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the radio options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Radio Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Text Area=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Columns:&#039;&#039;&#039; How wide the box will be by the number of characters to display. I.E. a value of 30 will be a box 30 characters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Rows:&#039;&#039;&#039; How tall the box will be in rows. I.E. a value of 4 will allow for 4 lines of text.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;How should this field be validated?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the proper validation based on the following list.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;See Text Field Validation above for a description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Field Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; The fields starting value, keep this blank if no default value is needed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Multiple Checkboxes=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the checkbox options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially checked, enter the same name as the desired Checkbox Option, one per line, when the form is loaded these options will start checked.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Single Checkbox=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Checkbox Option:&#039;&#039;&#039; The value of this check box&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter a value that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the value like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, or &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want this box checked by default enter the same name you entered in Checkbox Option above, otherwise leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Drop Down Box=====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Label:&#039;&#039;&#039; A label for this field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Is this a required field?:&#039;&#039;&#039; Make the field required&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Drop Down Options:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options to display, one per line&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Price Adjustments:&#039;&#039;&#039; A list of options, one per line, corresponding to the drop down options entered above that will dynamically adjust your product price. Enter the values like &#039;&#039;&#039;+1.00&#039;&#039;&#039; to add a dollar to the price, and &#039;&#039;&#039;-.050&#039;&#039;&#039; to subtract 50 cents from the price.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Value:&#039;&#039;&#039; Which of the above options should be initially selected, enter the same name as the desired Drop Down Option when the form is loaded this option will start selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Discounts===&lt;br /&gt;
Product discount tables allow you to control the number of items you offer at a discount, the discount price, and / or the percentage adjustment you desire to grant your customers who purchase the items identified within your discount table. Remember, you will need to create a product group to associate with each discount table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three links at the top of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Discounts&#039;&#039;&#039; page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will take you create a new &#039;&#039;&#039;Discount Table&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option will allow you to edit &#039;&#039;&#039;Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Discount Tables/Product Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; - This option allows you to import a list of products or groups to apply discounts to in bulk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Reviews===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Product Import is used to import new products to your eCMS store, or update existing products.  This can be useful to add information fields that are not currently a part of CMS, such as meta data fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Import===&lt;br /&gt;
The Category import can be used to import new categories into eCMS, or to update information in existing categories (for example, meta title/description information).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few details:&lt;br /&gt;
* URLName is used if you want to be able to link to the category by a named URL instead of /category/&amp;lt;catID&amp;gt; (for example, using /category/dogfood).  The field should contain only the name, without any slashes or other directory information (&#039;dogfood&#039;, in our example), and must be a unique name in that store.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Spaces are prohibited!&#039;&#039;&#039;  (Underscores or hyphens are fine)&lt;br /&gt;
* Either Name or ID must be present.  If using Name, the full category &amp;quot;tree&amp;quot; must be present in this format: Main~SubCat~SubCat2~...FinalCat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Running the Category Import====&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Inventory-&amp;gt;Category Import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Browse to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the notification email and click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you get a response other than &amp;quot;thanks for the file, we&#039;ll email you when it&#039;s done&amp;quot;, your file has a formatting error.  Double-check your file and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Export===&lt;br /&gt;
This category export will export your categories in a format that is immediately importable into eCMS. There are no options for category exports other than the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delimiter delimiter] type (comma, pipe, or tab) and what email you would like to be notified at once the export had completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Refined Search Import=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inventory Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Price Categories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subscription Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recipes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this to create a list of gift certificate codes of a specific value.  You can then manually email these codes to customers or use them for your own pre-printed gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Value&lt;br /&gt;
* Days Available (0 for unlimited)&lt;br /&gt;
* Quantity Needed &#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Import File (import a text file with one gift code per line instead of putting a quantity)&lt;br /&gt;
* Log Note (for your reference)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking Create Gift Certificates, the page will refresh with a link for you to download a file containing the gift certificate codes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Customers==&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed example see [[Promo Codes|Examples of using Customer Groups/Promo Codes.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Members===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Options_member_options.jpg|thumb|Here you can set various member options.]]&lt;br /&gt;
You can set various member options in &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Member Options&#039;&#039;&#039;. These include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Would you like to require approval before a customer can become a member? -- If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039; then you will need to approve all members by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Customers &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Members&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039; then all members will be auto-approved.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the to address to inform you of a new member request? -- What email address would you like to receive new member request at.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the email that notifies your customers once they are approved? -- The address you would like to have reply to member approvals with. Can be the same email address as the new member requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service: you must edit the email message in reminder_service_email.tpl and enter the subject and from email below.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the from address for the member reminder service? -- What email address you would like to use to send out reminders to members.&lt;br /&gt;
*What is the subject of the reminder service email? -- Subject for the reminder email.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Reminder Service Default Events&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Add New Reminder Service Event: -- Select the name and date of your reminder/event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can allow only members to use payment options other than credit cards by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Payment Options &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Only allow members to use payment methods other than credit card&#039;&#039;&#039;. In order to prevent a customer from abusing this you may want to use this option only if you require members to be approved first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detail example see [[eCMS Members|What is the members section?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlists===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orders==&lt;br /&gt;
===Pending===&lt;br /&gt;
View and export all pending orders. If you have orders that have yet to be downloaded into CMS they will be displayed here. Also, if you move orders from search back to pending they will be available here. You can click on any order to view the order details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can search for previously placed orders. You can search by:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Order ID - Supply the Order Number.&lt;br /&gt;
*Date Ordered - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ship On Date - Use the Date Range (mm/dd/yyyy) to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Last Name - Use the User Last Name to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*User&#039;s Email Address - Use the Users Email Address to search for orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificate Emails===&lt;br /&gt;
Any pending emails for digital gift certificates will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Any catalog requests that have yet to be downloaded into CMS will be displayed here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wholesale==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approve Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Wholesalers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shipping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marketing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Tags===&lt;br /&gt;
Create sets of meta tags for your site.  This is designed to be used with the Gateway Pages option below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
Create a gateway page with its own meta information set that points to a specific area of your site.  This can be used to help direct search engine keyword traffic to a particular area, or to create marketing URLs associated with a particular advertising campaign to track the campaign&#039;s effectiveness through reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Campaigns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email campaigns provides a way to create, manage, and organize email &#039;blasts&#039;. For full documentation read the [http://webapps/wiki/images/2/2f/EmailBlasts.pdf pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reporting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to find out how your store compares to other stores using CommerceV3 in regard to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Conversion rates (number of orders compared to site visits).&lt;br /&gt;
* Cart abandonment (number of sessions where product[s] are added to cart but checkout is not completed).&lt;br /&gt;
* Email blast conversion rate (number of email links clicked compared to number of emails sent).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bot Tracker===&lt;br /&gt;
Tracks which pages are being visited by these major search engines, and how frequently:&lt;br /&gt;
* Google&lt;br /&gt;
* Yahoo&lt;br /&gt;
* MSN&lt;br /&gt;
* Ask.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cart Abandonment===&lt;br /&gt;
These reports track trends in cart abandonment. They can help you make changes to your site to minimize the number of people who are leaving your site before making a purchase. The definition of a cart abandoner is a visitor who adds at least one item to the cart but does not place an order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Catalog Requests===&lt;br /&gt;
Track catalog requests by day, month, or year.  This can show you when you are your busiest, when you should plan marketing efforts, and when your holiday season begins and ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparatives===&lt;br /&gt;
Compare current year&#039;s values to those from the previous year:&lt;br /&gt;
* Visitors&lt;br /&gt;
* Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Revenue&lt;br /&gt;
* Average order amount&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Email Bounce===&lt;br /&gt;
Displays a line item for each email blast showing the number of emails sent and the number that bounced as undeliverable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gateway Pages===&lt;br /&gt;
View the referring domain or Media Code, number of catalog requests, number of visits, orders, Sales Avg. $ per Visit, average Dollar amount per Order, and last visit by date for each of your Gateway Pages (configured under Marketing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gift Certificates===&lt;br /&gt;
Use this report to track usage and issuance of gift certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Incentive Programs===&lt;br /&gt;
====Affiliates====&lt;br /&gt;
Affiliates is a way to track affiliate sales through click-throughs and allow other companies or people to receive a commission for sales they generate. Affiliates are tracked through an &#039;affiliate code&#039; tacked to the end of a URL. For example, if you have an affiliate named &#039;getpaid&#039; then the URL would be http://www.your-site.com?a=getpaid. You would instruct your affiliates to append &#039;?a=getpaid&#039; to any link to your site. All hits would then be tracked and you can view reports to see how much, if any you traffic your affiliates generate for you and pay them appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
From your eCMS control panel expand the Reporting section and click on Affiliates. Then click on the &amp;quot;Add Affiliates&amp;quot; link at the top of the page and fill out the appropriate information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate or Program Name: Pick a unique name for this affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Code (used in url): This will be code on the end of the URL (http://your-site.com?a=code). Use alpha-numeric *characters to make it(a-z 0-9)easy. &lt;br /&gt;
*Email of Report Recipient: Who do you want to receive a copy of the report? &lt;br /&gt;
*Commission Rate: This is a numeric value expresses as either a flat rate dollar amount per sale, or a percentage of the total sale without tax and shipping. &lt;br /&gt;
*Send Monthly Email Report?: Check yes to enable this. An email will then be sent to the email addressed supplied above. &lt;br /&gt;
*Web Address: Affiliate&#039;s web site. &lt;br /&gt;
*Check Payable To: Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 1: Address of Payee &lt;br /&gt;
*Address 2: &lt;br /&gt;
*City: &lt;br /&gt;
*State: &lt;br /&gt;
*Zip: &lt;br /&gt;
*Country: &lt;br /&gt;
*Phone: &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliates can have access to their commission and statistics for the last 12 months. All you need to do is give the affiliate a password and send them to http://yourdomain.com/affiliate. &lt;br /&gt;
*Affiliate Section Password: If you want the affiliate to be able to login to your site and view their statistics then supply a password for them. &lt;br /&gt;
*Retype Affiliate Section Password:&lt;br /&gt;
===Opt-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
Shows a list of customers who have clicked the Opt-Out link in one of your mailings in the date range entered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Order Detail===&lt;br /&gt;
===Product Aging===&lt;br /&gt;
===Referrers===&lt;br /&gt;
===Revenue===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The amounts used in the report are total order amounts&lt;br /&gt;
* Total order amount will include adjustments, discounts, shipping, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
* The report will also include free products however, it will not affect the money total&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Rank===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Engine Placement===&lt;br /&gt;
===Search Terms===&lt;br /&gt;
===Square In. Analyzer===&lt;br /&gt;
===Tell a Friend===&lt;br /&gt;
===Visits===&lt;br /&gt;
===Wishlist Products===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Help==&lt;br /&gt;
===Register for Training===&lt;br /&gt;
===Training Videos===&lt;br /&gt;
===Message Board===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mike snyder</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>